Odoo Translation Bot
13094 lines
628 KiB
Plaintext
13094 lines
628 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Jeana Jiang, 2022
|
||
# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2022
|
||
# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2022
|
||
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
|
||
# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2022
|
||
# zhao yonghui, 2023
|
||
# fausthuang, 2023
|
||
# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2023
|
||
# Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023
|
||
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2023
|
||
# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2023
|
||
# Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023
|
||
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2023
|
||
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
|
||
# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2023
|
||
# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: zh_CN\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr "库存&MRP"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
|
||
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
|
||
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
|
||
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo库存 "
|
||
"**是一个库存应用程序，也是一个仓库管理系统，配备先进的条形码扫描器。了解如何管理交货时间、自动补货和配置高级路线，如直接发货、交叉转运等。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "条形码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "日常作业"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描 **认 **码进行确认。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "概述"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "创建条码命名规则"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo支持条形码术语，它决定了编码信息的映射和解释。您可以将您的条形码术语配置为:ref:`开发者模式<developer-"
|
||
"mode>`。如需设置，请前往：菜单选项：`库存 --> 配置 --> 条形码术语`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr "第一步是指定 **则名** ，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr "配置产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr "规则类型"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr " **价产** ：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr " **折产** ：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr " **重产** ：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr " **银** ：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr " **用** ：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr " **位产** ：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "调拨过程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "简单调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "收据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， "
|
||
"或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "交货单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "内部转账"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr "从头开始创建调拨"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"推荐3种不同的条码扫描器与Odoo **** 和 **形** 应用一起使用，如 **USB扫描** ， **牙扫描** 和 "
|
||
"**动计算机扫描** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描** "
|
||
"是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描器和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" "
|
||
"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在繁忙的业务中， **动电脑扫描** "
|
||
"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android"
|
||
" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE "
|
||
"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "配置条码扫描器"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "键盘布局"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, "
|
||
"用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "自动回车"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, "
|
||
"你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 "
|
||
"ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "设置产品条码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "设置库位条码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr "条码格式"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "仓库管理"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory adjustments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the "
|
||
"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the "
|
||
"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to theft, "
|
||
"damages, human errors, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must"
|
||
" be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts "
|
||
"in the database match the actual counts in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, inventory adjustments can be accessed through "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page shows all products that are "
|
||
"currently in stock. Each line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:18
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Add a new line"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add an inventory adjustment line, click :guilabel:`Create` and fill in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Product` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` fields. Then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At this stage, the count is recorded but not yet *applied*. Meaning the "
|
||
"quantity on hand is not yet updated to match the new :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To apply the new :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, click :guilabel:`Apply` on "
|
||
"the line or the :guilabel:`Apply All` button on the top of the page. If "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply All` is clicked, a reference or reason can be entered "
|
||
"before clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is "
|
||
"specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Count products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is "
|
||
"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each "
|
||
"product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the "
|
||
"database, click on :guilabel:`Set`, which will copy the value in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` field and paste it in the :guilabel:`Counted "
|
||
"Quantity` field. A move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a count does *not* match the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the"
|
||
" database, record the count in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` field. When "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` is clicked, a move with the difference between the "
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` will be "
|
||
"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product "
|
||
"moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes a count occurs, but can not be applied in the database right away."
|
||
" In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment,"
|
||
" product moves can occur. In that case, the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` in "
|
||
"the database can change and will not be consistent with the counted "
|
||
"quantity. As an extra caution measure, Odoo will ask for confirmation before"
|
||
" applying the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Plan counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Each inventory adjustment line contains the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:73
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the person in charge of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the adjustments will be "
|
||
"accounted. The column is hidden by default, but can be made visible by "
|
||
"opening the column options icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Barcode app, users can only view counts assigned to them that are "
|
||
"scheduled for today or earlier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To plan big counts, select the desired product lines on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page. Then, click :guilabel:`Request a "
|
||
"Count` and fill in the following information:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will"
|
||
" be accounted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` of each product"
|
||
" line blank, select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the :guilabel:`On "
|
||
"Hand Quantity` of each product line with the current value recorded in the "
|
||
"database, select :guilabel:`Set Current Value`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, after an inventory adjustment is applied, the scheduled date for"
|
||
" the next count is the 31st of December of the current year. To modify the "
|
||
"default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Operations` and change the date in the :guilabel:`Annual "
|
||
"Inventory Day and Month` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month"
|
||
" setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Cycle counts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by "
|
||
"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date "
|
||
"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some "
|
||
"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by "
|
||
"counting more often at key locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is "
|
||
"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Change the inventory frequency"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by "
|
||
"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set "
|
||
"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count "
|
||
"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to "
|
||
"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting"
|
||
" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this "
|
||
"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on "
|
||
"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "批次和序列号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "介绍"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **** , **** , **** 模块中使用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr " **** 对应于您收到的一定数量的产品并放在一个包装中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr " **列** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "什么时候使用"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **次** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, "
|
||
"或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, "
|
||
"你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "什么时候不用"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, "
|
||
"给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration Dates"
|
||
msgstr "到期日"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be managed"
|
||
" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking and "
|
||
"managing product stock based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid "
|
||
"selling expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr "在许多公司中，产品都有保质期，应根据这些日期进行管理。例如，在食品行业，必须根据有效期跟踪和管理产品库存，以避免向客户出售过期产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can track and manage your products based on their expiration "
|
||
"dates, even if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers."
|
||
msgstr "基于产品的保质期，您可以用Odoo跟踪和管理您的产品，即使它们已经通过批次或序列号进行跟踪。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Application configuration"
|
||
msgstr "应用配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use expiration date tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features."
|
||
msgstr "要使用保质期跟踪，请打开 *库存* 应用程序并前往：菜单选项:`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *批次和序列号* 和 *保质期* 功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "产品配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can define different dates in the *inventory tab* of the product "
|
||
"form:"
|
||
msgstr "现在，您可以在产品表单的 *库存选项卡* 中界定不同的日期："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Use Time: the number of days before the goods start deteriorating, "
|
||
"without being dangerous. This is used to calculate the Best before date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr "产品使用时间：货物在尚未变质前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的最佳使用日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Life Time: the number of days before the goods may become dangerous "
|
||
"and must not be consumed. This is used to calculate the Expiration date on "
|
||
"each lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr "产品生命周期：产品可能变得危险且不得食用之前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的到期日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be "
|
||
"removed from the stock. This is used to calculate the Removal date on each "
|
||
"lot/serial number received."
|
||
msgstr "产品下架时间：显示产品应从库存中下架前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的下架日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be "
|
||
"raised on the lot/serial number. This is used to calculate the Alert date on"
|
||
" each lot/serial number received. Once the Alert date is reached, an "
|
||
"Activity is assigned on the relevant lot/serial number to the Responsible "
|
||
"user defined on the Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"产品警报时间：指在批次/序列号上发出警报之前的天数。这用于计算收到的每个批次/序列号的警报日期。到了警报日当天，相关批次/序列号上的活动将分配给产品上指定的用户负责人。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product into inventory, the dates will automatically be "
|
||
"updated on the corresponding lot/serial number. These updates will be based "
|
||
"on the receipt date of the product and the days set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr "将产品收入库存时，相应的批号/序列号将自动更新日期。这些更新会基于产品的收货日期和产品表格上设置的日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Expiration Alerts"
|
||
msgstr "到期警报"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can access expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you can use the"
|
||
" pre-existing filter to show all the lots/serial numbers that have exceeded "
|
||
"their respective alert dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您可以在*库存*应用程序中访问到期警报。如需操作，请转到：菜单选项`主数据 --> "
|
||
"批次/序列号`。在那里，您可以使用预先设定好的筛选器来显示所有已超过警报日期的批次/序列号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot"
|
||
" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
|
||
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a"
|
||
" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
|
||
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
|
||
"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows "
|
||
"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their "
|
||
"lifecycles."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
|
||
"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product "
|
||
"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or "
|
||
"expiration dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be "
|
||
"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
|
||
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Track products by lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do "
|
||
"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and choose a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the "
|
||
"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be "
|
||
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign"
|
||
" lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot "
|
||
"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->"
|
||
" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated "
|
||
"automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
|
||
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
|
||
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, "
|
||
"and changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
|
||
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
|
||
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be "
|
||
"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
|
||
"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`"
|
||
" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
|
||
"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this "
|
||
"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and"
|
||
" assigned to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. "
|
||
"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order "
|
||
"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales "
|
||
"order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is "
|
||
"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered "
|
||
"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-"
|
||
"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot "
|
||
"number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` "
|
||
"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the"
|
||
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for "
|
||
"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Demand`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with "
|
||
"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to "
|
||
"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
|
||
" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of"
|
||
" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually "
|
||
"entered in each of the lot number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`"
|
||
" assigned, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an "
|
||
":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
|
||
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if"
|
||
" there is enough stock in that particular lot)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
|
||
"total quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
|
||
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will "
|
||
"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one "
|
||
"lot to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared "
|
||
"the same lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** "
|
||
"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot "
|
||
"be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on"
|
||
" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
|
||
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` "
|
||
"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be "
|
||
"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button"
|
||
" to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking "
|
||
"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. "
|
||
"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
|
||
" warehouse receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "批次追踪"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
|
||
"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who (and when) it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
|
||
"assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the "
|
||
"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
|
||
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
|
||
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
|
||
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
|
||
" and products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
|
||
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
|
||
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
|
||
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
|
||
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
|
||
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc：`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"choose a desired product to track."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
|
||
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
|
||
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
|
||
"of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
|
||
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
|
||
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
|
||
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
|
||
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
|
||
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
|
||
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
|
||
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
|
||
"changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
|
||
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
|
||
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
|
||
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
|
||
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
|
||
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
|
||
"sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
|
||
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
|
||
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
|
||
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
|
||
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
|
||
"without a serial number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
|
||
"up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
|
||
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
|
||
" a spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
|
||
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
|
||
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
|
||
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
|
||
"the individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
|
||
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
|
||
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
|
||
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
|
||
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
|
||
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
|
||
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
|
||
"column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
|
||
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
|
||
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
|
||
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
|
||
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
|
||
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
|
||
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
|
||
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
|
||
" appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
|
||
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
|
||
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
|
||
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
|
||
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
|
||
" used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
|
||
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284
|
||
msgid "Serial number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
|
||
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
|
||
"specifically assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
|
||
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
|
||
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
|
||
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
|
||
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
|
||
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
|
||
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "杂项操作"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "处理批量拣货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"批量拣货允许单个拣货员处理一批订单，从而减少他必须访问同一位置的次数。在Odoo，这意味着您可以将多个传输重新组合到同一个批次传输中，然后通过条形码应用程序或在表单视图中对其进行处理。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "创建批量传输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr "如需激活批量拣货的选项，请转到：菜单选项：`库存 --> 设置 --> 设置` 并启用 *批量拣货*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
|
||
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr "然后，转到 :菜单选项:`库存 --> 运营 --> 批量传输` 并点击创建按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr "现在，确定负责的批次转移以及要包含在批次中的转移类型。如需添加传输类型，请单击*添加行*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr "在下面的示例中，使用筛选器来仅查看 *拣选* 步骤中的传输。之后，选择需要包含在批量传输中的不同传输。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
|
||
"to the batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr "要查看为不同传输选择的产品，请单击 *选择*。如果 *多位置* 已激活，该文档还会显示它们被保留的位置所在。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
|
||
" locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr "从传输列表视图创建批量传输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr "在*传输列表视图*中，选择应包含在批量中的传输。然后，从 *操作* 列表中选择 *添加到批量*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
|
||
"list view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，决定是否将传输添加到现有草稿的批量传输，或是创建一个新的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "处理批量传输"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr "在收集产品时，您可以编辑批量传输并更新每个产品的*完成数量*。拣选完所有产品后，选择*验证*以验证批次中包含的不同传输。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr "如果所有的产品都不能被使用，你可以为每一个不能被完全处理的单独的转移创建延期订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
|
||
"of a batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr "从条码应用程序中处理一个批量转移"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr "进入“条码”应用程序，选择“批量传输”菜单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr "然后，您可以输入要处理的批量传输。如有必要，批量传输可以很容易地按负责人分组。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr "在批量转移中，产品按位置分类。源文档在每一行上都是可见的，颜色代码有助于区分它们。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr "要查看要从其他位置拾取的产品，请单击“下一步”按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
|
||
"application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr "拣完所有产品后，单击*验证*（在最后一页）将批量转移标记为完成。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
|
||
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
|
||
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
|
||
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
|
||
"*consignment*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
|
||
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
|
||
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
|
||
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
|
||
"products they don't actually own."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
|
||
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
|
||
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
|
||
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
|
||
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
|
||
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
|
||
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
|
||
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
|
||
"must match."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
|
||
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
|
||
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
|
||
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
|
||
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
|
||
"option enabled on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
|
||
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
|
||
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
|
||
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
|
||
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
|
||
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
|
||
" to validate the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
|
||
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
|
||
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
|
||
"and choose a report to view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
|
||
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
|
||
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Product moves report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
|
||
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
|
||
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
|
||
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
|
||
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
|
||
"finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Stock on hand report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
|
||
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
|
||
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
|
||
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** "
|
||
"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to "
|
||
"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may "
|
||
"be a better fit than the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are "
|
||
"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: "
|
||
"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Add products to a wave"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding "
|
||
"products to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same "
|
||
"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific "
|
||
"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the "
|
||
"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots "
|
||
"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or"
|
||
" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select lines to add to the wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same "
|
||
"product, location, carrier, etc..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54
|
||
msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave "
|
||
"transfer from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` "
|
||
"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the "
|
||
"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are "
|
||
"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64
|
||
msgid "View wave transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers"
|
||
" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "计划"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr "如何计算的预定交付日期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr "为客户提供最佳服务对于企业至关重要。 这意味着要计划每一个动作：制造订单，交货，接收等等。 为此，您需要正确配置提前期并协调计划日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr "通过使用交货期，Odoo为每个过程提供结束日期，即 *承诺日期* 。 例如，在销售订单上，这是您的客户获得订购的产品的日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr "从客户的角度来看，承诺日期很重要，因为它可以估计他们何时才能收到他们的产品。 这些日期考虑了所有其他交货时间，例如制造，交货或供应商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr "交货时间是如何计算的?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr "如上所述，交货期有几种类型。 每个都是根据各种指标计算得出的。 在进行配置之前，这里简要概述了交货期的计算方法及其含义："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr " **户交货** ：客户交货期是您设置的默认持续时间。 因此，销售订单的预计日期是今天+ 客户交货期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **售安全提前** :目的是在与客户达成实际承诺的数天前准备发货。然后，交货订单上的默认预定日期是， **此交货日期-安全交货时** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When"
|
||
" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr "**提前采购安全期**：供应商提前期的误差幅度。当系统生成用于采购产品的采购订单时，将提前几天安排这些订单，以应对意外的供应商延迟交货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **购交货提前** ：这是确认采购订单到收到订购产品之间的预计时间。 **货计划日期-供应商交货日** 是默认的 *采购订单订购* 日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **买天** ：采购部门用来验证采购订单的天数。 如果已经打开了对同一供应商的另一个询价，Odoo会将行添加到询价中，而不是创建新的询价。 "
|
||
"然后，在该行上设置特定日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr " **造提前** ：这是制造产品所需的预期时间。 该提前期与生产数量无关，并且不考虑工艺路线时间。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
" **产安全提前** ：减少制造延迟风险的额外时间。 如果是 *补充订单* ，则 **货订单计划日期-生产提前时间-生产安全提前时** 是默认的 "
|
||
"*生产订单* 计划日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "销售-交货期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 *销售* 应用程序中，有一个名为 *交货期* 的选项。 它允许查看销售订单上的其他字段 *预期日期* 。 这是根据先前配置的不同提前期自动计算的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr "如果设置的 *交货日期* 早于 *预期日期* ，则会显示警告信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr "但是，为了所有这些能够正常工作，仍然有必要配置所有可能出现的所有交货期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "客户前置时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*客户提前期*是您的产品从仓库运到客户所需要的时间。 可以在以下任何产品上配置它，方法是 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> "
|
||
"产品`。 打开您的产品表格，进入 *库存* 选项卡，然后添加 *客户提前期* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr "例如，产品B在4月2日订购，但 *客户交货时间* 为两天。 在这种情况下，预计交付日期为4月4日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "安全提前时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr "在销售中，*安全提前期* 对应于备份天数，以确保您能够及时交付产品。 目的是早点准备好发货，以便准时到达。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr "从计算中减去交货期天数，以计算给客户承诺的日期早的预定日期。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr "要进行设置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 然后启用 *销售的安全提前期* 功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr "例如，产品B计划于4月6日交付，但 *安全交货期* 为一天。 在这种情况下，交货订单的预定日期为4月5日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr "交付多种产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr "在许多情况下，客户会同时订购多个产品。 交货时间可能不同，但仍需要一次或单独交付。 幸好Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理这些案件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 *销售订单* 的 *其他信息* 选项卡中，您可以选择 *当所有产品准备就绪时* 和 *尽快* 。 第一个是立即交付产品，而第二个是分别交付产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"例如，同时订购产品A和B。 A的交货期为8天，B的交货期为5天。使用第一个选项时，*预计交货日期* "
|
||
"是根据交货期最多的产品计算得出的，此处为A。如果在4月2日确认订单，则 *预计交货日期* 是4月10日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"使用第二个选项时，*预期日期* 是根据客户交货期最少的产品计算得出的。 在此示例中，B是交货期最少的产品。 因此，*预计日期* 是4月7日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "采购 - 交货时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "供应商提前期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*供应商提前期* 是您购买的产品交付所需的时间。 要配置它，请从 :menuselection:`采购 -->产品 --> 产品` 中打开一个产品，并在"
|
||
" *采购* 标签下添加一个供应商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"通过单击 *添加一行* ，将显示一个新窗口。 您可以在此处指定 *交货提前期* 。 如果这样做，每次采购该产品的交货日期现在等于 "
|
||
"*采购订单日期+交货提前期* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr "可以添加不同的供应商，因此可以根据供应商添加不同的交货时间。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr "采购的 *安全提前期* 与 *销售* 的逻辑相同，只是您的身份为客户。 然后，这是你的供应商交货的误差范围。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr "要设置 *安全提前期* 以进行采购，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用该功能"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr "这样做，每次系统生成采购订单时，都将这些订单安排在许多天之前，以应对供应商的意外延误。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "制造 - 交货时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "制造前置时间"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr "*制造提前期* 是制造产品所需的时间。 要指定它，请打开产品表单的 *库存* 标签，然后添加制造所需的天数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当与 *制造提前期* 一起使用时， * 制造订单(MO)* 的 *截止日期开始* 为 *承诺日期-制造提前期* 。 "
|
||
"例如，制造订单的承诺日期为7月10日的订单的截止日期开始日期为6月27日。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr "用于制造的 *安全提前期* 可以更早地生成制造订单，以应对制造延迟的风险。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr "要启用它，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置，然后勾选 *安全提前期* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"例如，客户订购了B，交货日期安排在6月20日。 *制造交货期* 为14天， *安全交货期* 为3天，因此B的制造订单需要最迟于6月3日开始。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr "全局示例"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "请参考以下的设置范例:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr "销售交货提前期为1天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "生产安全提前期为2天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr "生产提前期为3天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "采购交货提前期为1天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr "供应商的交货提前期为4天"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr "假设某个客户在9月1日订购了B，并且计划在20天内（9月20日）交货。 在这种情况下，这是所有各个步骤均被触发的时间。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月1** ：创建销售订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月10** ：由于制造过程而从供应商订购组件的截止日期（供应商提前期为4天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月13** ：从供应商处收到产品（采购的安全交货期为1天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月14** ：制造订单的截止日期（19日 - 生产提前期3天 - 生产安全提前期2天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr "** 9月19** ：交货订单表格上的预计日期（交货提前期为1天）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Select a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for replenishing inventory: **Reordering "
|
||
"Rules** and the **Make to Order (MTO)** route. Although these strategies "
|
||
"differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering the "
|
||
"automatic creation of a purchase or manufacturing order. The choice of which"
|
||
" strategy to use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery "
|
||
"processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "术语"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to ensure that there's always a minimum amount of "
|
||
"a product in stock in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Make to Order"
|
||
msgstr "按单补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make to Order (MTO) is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order or manufacturing order each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"*regardless of the current stock level*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO) "
|
||
"generated by the MTO route. Another difference between reordering rules and "
|
||
"MTO is with MTO, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or "
|
||
":abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` immediately after the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft :abbr:`PO (Purchase"
|
||
" Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` when the product's forecasted "
|
||
"stock falls below the set minimum quantity. In addition, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically add quantities to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` as the forecast changes, as long as the :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The MTO route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized and should be used for this purpose only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment report shows "
|
||
"every product that needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific "
|
||
"rule for a product, Odoo assumes that the :guilabel:`Minimum Quantity` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Maximum Quantity` stock are both `0.00`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report shows products that need to be reordered manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast as sales orders, deliveries, and receipts are confirmed. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a vendor or"
|
||
" a bill of materials configured on the product form. Also, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to `Storable Product` on the product form. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo can not account for a consumable product in the stock "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and set the :guilabel:`Product`. If desired, set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, select a product to "
|
||
"open its product form, click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, fill out the fields and save the new "
|
||
"reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field, "
|
||
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
|
||
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate replenishment, click :guilabel:`Automate Orders`. When this "
|
||
"button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)`/:abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` every time the forecasted"
|
||
" stock level falls below the set :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering "
|
||
"rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule can be temporarily deactivated for a given period by using"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Snooze` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Snooze feature to temporarily deactivate reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` created by"
|
||
" a manual replenishment will have `Replenishment Report` as the source "
|
||
"document. A :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` or :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule will have the sales order(s) "
|
||
"reference number(s) that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Look at the source panel showing where RFQ/MFG orders originated from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the Make to Order (MTO) route is only recommended for customized "
|
||
"products, the route is hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:113
|
||
msgid "To activate the Make to Order (MTO) route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Warehouse`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. If these features aren't applicable "
|
||
"to the warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the MTO route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to MTO, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Products --> Products`, click on a product to open the product form, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and"
|
||
" in the :guilabel:`Routes` options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order "
|
||
"(MTO)`. For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy` route is selected in addition to the MTO route and a vendor "
|
||
"is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab. For products manufactured in-"
|
||
"house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected in addition "
|
||
"to the MTO route and a bill of materials is configured for the product. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the product settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use different units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the "
|
||
"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the "
|
||
"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case "
|
||
"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a "
|
||
"supplier and then sells those products in individual units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of "
|
||
"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units "
|
||
"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit "
|
||
"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another"
|
||
" only if both units belong to the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set units of measure categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is "
|
||
"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of"
|
||
" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any "
|
||
"new units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to "
|
||
"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category"
|
||
" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit "
|
||
"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the"
|
||
" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`"
|
||
" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)."
|
||
" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units"
|
||
" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than "
|
||
"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same"
|
||
" category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Specify a product's units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. "
|
||
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. "
|
||
"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's"
|
||
" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field "
|
||
"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Unit conversion"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. "
|
||
"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the "
|
||
"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its "
|
||
"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in "
|
||
"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from "
|
||
"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit "
|
||
"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product "
|
||
"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests "
|
||
"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The"
|
||
" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Sell in a different UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the "
|
||
"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`"
|
||
" can be manually edited on the quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order"
|
||
" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right "
|
||
"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the "
|
||
"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the"
|
||
" delivery shows the converted quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but "
|
||
"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes"
|
||
" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或特殊包装？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "计量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Specify unit of measure for handling a product vs. when it's purchased."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a product has a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and a :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"UoM` set on the product form, Odoo can automatically convert the different "
|
||
"units in the product's purchase/sales orders and the orders' respective "
|
||
"delivery orders/receipts. The only condition is that all the units have to "
|
||
"be in the *same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a product can have its :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` set to `feet"
|
||
" (ft)` and its :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` set to `centimeters (cm)`. When a "
|
||
"purchase order (PO) is created for that product, it will list the quantity "
|
||
"in centimeters. Then, when the PO is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates"
|
||
" a receipt and converts the centimeters to feet. The receipt will list the "
|
||
"quantity in feet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "包裹"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A package refers to the physical container that holds one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when a product is ready for delivery, "
|
||
"its quantities can be separated into two different packages. In Odoo, the "
|
||
"quantity of products in each package can be recorded in the database. Make "
|
||
"sure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a delivery order, separate the products into different packages by "
|
||
"setting the :guilabel:`Done` quantity to the desired quantity in the first "
|
||
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put in Pack` to record the first package. "
|
||
"Repeat for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery into different packages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Separate delivery package details"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Packagings"
|
||
msgstr "包装"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging refers to a standard container that holds several unit of a "
|
||
"product. For example, cans of soda can be in a 6-pack, 15-pack, or even a "
|
||
"pallet for the packaging."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sales/purchase "
|
||
"orders and inventory transfers. The main difference between packagings and "
|
||
"units of measure is that packagings are defined at the product level while "
|
||
"UoMs are generic."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different product packaging examples."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Package field on purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging is also useful during product reception. When scanning the barcode"
|
||
" of the packaging, Odoo automatically adds the number of units contained in "
|
||
"the packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:71
|
||
msgid ":doc:`uom`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`uom` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "计价方法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also "
|
||
"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed "
|
||
"costs accounting entries will be recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr "向产品添加成本"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr "接收供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in "
|
||
"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick "
|
||
"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice "
|
||
"line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in "
|
||
"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor "
|
||
"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost "
|
||
"information every time a vendor bill comes in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must "
|
||
"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`"
|
||
" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost "
|
||
"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at "
|
||
"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with "
|
||
"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product "
|
||
"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by "
|
||
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost "
|
||
"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the "
|
||
"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the "
|
||
"landed cost entry to the accounting journal."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed "
|
||
"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category "
|
||
"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average "
|
||
"Costing)` method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Landed cost journal entry"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed cost records can also be directly created in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not "
|
||
"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
|
||
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
|
||
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
|
||
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
|
||
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
|
||
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
|
||
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
|
||
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
|
||
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
|
||
"company's inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
|
||
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
|
||
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
|
||
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
|
||
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Types of accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
|
||
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
|
||
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
|
||
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
|
||
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
|
||
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
|
||
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
|
||
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Costing methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
|
||
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
|
||
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
|
||
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
|
||
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
|
||
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
|
||
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
|
||
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
|
||
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
|
||
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
|
||
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
|
||
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
|
||
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
|
||
"sensitive to input data and human error."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
|
||
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
|
||
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
|
||
"apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
|
||
"categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
|
||
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
|
||
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
|
||
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for "
|
||
"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average "
|
||
"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from "
|
||
"validated purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
|
||
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
|
||
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
|
||
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
|
||
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
|
||
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
|
||
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
|
||
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
|
||
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
|
||
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
|
||
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
|
||
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
|
||
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
|
||
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
|
||
" at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
|
||
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
|
||
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
|
||
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
|
||
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
|
||
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
|
||
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
|
||
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
|
||
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
|
||
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
|
||
"scenario below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr "接收产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is "
|
||
"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and"
|
||
" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out "
|
||
"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
|
||
"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's "
|
||
"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
|
||
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory "
|
||
"was impacted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be turned on to see the "
|
||
"*Valuation* smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :doc:`consignment "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
|
||
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all "
|
||
"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the "
|
||
"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of "
|
||
"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory "
|
||
"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr "产品发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
|
||
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
|
||
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
|
||
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价报告"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The "
|
||
"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's "
|
||
"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of "
|
||
"products available during a prior specified date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Update product unit price"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
|
||
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
|
||
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
|
||
"to update the unit price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
|
||
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In "
|
||
"First Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
|
||
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
|
||
"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the "
|
||
"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as"
|
||
" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
|
||
" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation "
|
||
"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
|
||
"inflation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
|
||
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
|
||
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
|
||
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
|
||
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
|
||
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
|
||
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
|
||
"routes-1018>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
|
||
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
|
||
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
|
||
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
|
||
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
|
||
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
|
||
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
|
||
"on shipped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
|
||
msgid "One-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
|
||
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
|
||
"perishable items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Two-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
|
||
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
|
||
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
|
||
" the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
|
||
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
|
||
"being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
|
||
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
|
||
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
|
||
"until they are transferred into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Three-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
|
||
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
|
||
"inspection into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
|
||
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
|
||
"for shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
|
||
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
|
||
"before receiving items into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
|
||
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
|
||
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
|
||
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
|
||
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
|
||
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
|
||
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
|
||
" not fit the needs of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
|
||
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
|
||
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
|
||
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
|
||
"which are all associated with the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Process a picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
|
||
"another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
|
||
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
|
||
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
|
||
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
|
||
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
|
||
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
|
||
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
|
||
" packing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Process a packing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
|
||
"output location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
|
||
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
|
||
"the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
|
||
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
|
||
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
|
||
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
|
||
"step receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
|
||
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
|
||
"three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
|
||
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. "
|
||
"Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 "
|
||
"step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods "
|
||
"directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
|
||
"step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "直接接收产品(1步收货）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "创建采购订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
|
||
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
|
||
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
|
||
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
|
||
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
|
||
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
|
||
"pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
|
||
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
|
||
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
|
||
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
|
||
"reception process in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "直接出货（1步）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
|
||
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"delivery order for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
|
||
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
|
||
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
|
||
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
|
||
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
|
||
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
|
||
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
|
||
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
|
||
" into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
|
||
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
|
||
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
|
||
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
|
||
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
|
||
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
|
||
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
|
||
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
|
||
"steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
|
||
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
|
||
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
|
||
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
|
||
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
|
||
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
|
||
" the end of the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
|
||
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
|
||
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
|
||
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
|
||
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Input location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
|
||
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
|
||
"view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
|
||
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select or create a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
|
||
"button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` "
|
||
"form. Click it to reveal the associated delivery forms."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Process the picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
|
||
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
|
||
" the delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
|
||
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
|
||
"Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
|
||
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
|
||
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
|
||
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
|
||
"on the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
|
||
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
|
||
"begin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
|
||
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
|
||
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
|
||
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
|
||
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
|
||
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
|
||
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
|
||
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
|
||
"goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
|
||
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
|
||
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
|
||
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
|
||
"quality area and into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
|
||
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
|
||
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
|
||
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
|
||
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
|
||
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
|
||
"are waiting another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
|
||
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
|
||
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
|
||
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
|
||
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
|
||
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Quality location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
|
||
"kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
|
||
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
|
||
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
|
||
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
|
||
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
|
||
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
|
||
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "仓库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
|
||
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
|
||
" between them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
|
||
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
|
||
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
|
||
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
|
||
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
|
||
"vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
|
||
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
|
||
" outgoing shipments should follow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
|
||
"from this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
|
||
"this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
|
||
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
|
||
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
|
||
"the warehouse being created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
|
||
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
|
||
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
|
||
"will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
|
||
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
|
||
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
|
||
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
|
||
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment can be referred to by"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
|
||
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
|
||
" added to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
|
||
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
|
||
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
|
||
"have no existing inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
|
||
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
|
||
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
|
||
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
|
||
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
|
||
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
|
||
"fill out the product line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
|
||
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
|
||
"within the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
|
||
"serial number used to identify it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
|
||
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
|
||
"new location or warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
|
||
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
|
||
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
|
||
"inventory of the new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Resupply from another warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse "
|
||
"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a "
|
||
"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is "
|
||
"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which "
|
||
"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Warehouses`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the "
|
||
"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the "
|
||
"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second "
|
||
"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one "
|
||
"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can "
|
||
"resupply this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Set route on a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now "
|
||
"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a "
|
||
"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route"
|
||
" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock "
|
||
"by moving the product from one warehouse to another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from "
|
||
"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the "
|
||
"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse."
|
||
" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully "
|
||
"tracked in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the "
|
||
"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
|
||
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
|
||
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
|
||
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
|
||
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
|
||
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
|
||
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
|
||
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
|
||
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
|
||
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
|
||
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
|
||
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
|
||
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
|
||
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
|
||
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
|
||
"Francisco 2\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
|
||
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"a new one, if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
|
||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
|
||
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
|
||
"that products are transferred from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
|
||
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
|
||
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
|
||
" being replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
|
||
"take place"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
|
||
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
|
||
"product will be transferred from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
|
||
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
|
||
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
|
||
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
|
||
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
|
||
"step deliveries and receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
|
||
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
|
||
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
|
||
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
|
||
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
|
||
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
|
||
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
|
||
"quantities shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
|
||
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
|
||
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
|
||
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
|
||
"quantities received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
|
||
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
|
||
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
|
||
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
|
||
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
|
||
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
|
||
"configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
|
||
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
|
||
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
|
||
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
|
||
"replenished in batches of 20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
|
||
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
|
||
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
|
||
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
|
||
" pop-up that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
|
||
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
|
||
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "仓库"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's "
|
||
"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user "
|
||
"can create moves between warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Location"
|
||
msgstr "位置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a "
|
||
"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). "
|
||
"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible "
|
||
"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can "
|
||
"be configured as needed under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22
|
||
msgid "There are three types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading "
|
||
"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only "
|
||
"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory "
|
||
"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse "
|
||
"(**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be "
|
||
"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of the warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check "
|
||
":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. "
|
||
"The short name is five characters maximum."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse "
|
||
"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first "
|
||
"letters of location]\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations "
|
||
"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently "
|
||
"created warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Create a new location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse "
|
||
"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "高级路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "概念"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
|
||
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
|
||
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
|
||
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
|
||
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
|
||
"locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
|
||
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
|
||
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
|
||
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
|
||
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
|
||
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
|
||
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
|
||
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
|
||
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
|
||
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
|
||
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
|
||
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
|
||
"Configuration` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
|
||
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
|
||
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
|
||
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
|
||
"individual products or product categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
|
||
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
|
||
" from this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
|
||
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
|
||
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
|
||
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
|
||
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
|
||
" to this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
|
||
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
|
||
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
|
||
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
|
||
" physical stock locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
|
||
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
|
||
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
|
||
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
|
||
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
|
||
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
|
||
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
|
||
"*child locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
|
||
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
|
||
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
|
||
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
|
||
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
|
||
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
|
||
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
|
||
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
|
||
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
|
||
"in each warehouse, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
|
||
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
|
||
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
|
||
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
|
||
"quotation into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
|
||
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
|
||
" virtual warehouse location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
|
||
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
|
||
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
|
||
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
|
||
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
|
||
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
|
||
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
|
||
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
|
||
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
|
||
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
|
||
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
|
||
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
|
||
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
|
||
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
|
||
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
|
||
"invoice for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
|
||
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
|
||
"employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and "
|
||
"made available to the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*,"
|
||
" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly "
|
||
"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following"
|
||
" the configured push/pull rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "在仓库内"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, "
|
||
"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All "
|
||
"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the "
|
||
"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the "
|
||
"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. "
|
||
"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent "
|
||
"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in"
|
||
" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their "
|
||
"respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"这是实现途径的示例。 早上，为当天需要准备的所有订单拣选物品。 这些项目是从存储位置中提取的，并移至靠近订单打包位置的提取区域。 "
|
||
"然后，将订单包装在各自的盒子中，并用输送机将它们带到装运码头附近，准备将其交付给客户。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Pull rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from "
|
||
"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer "
|
||
"between the two locations is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the"
|
||
" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going "
|
||
"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these "
|
||
"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and "
|
||
"finally the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71
|
||
msgid "Push rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a "
|
||
"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt "
|
||
"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be "
|
||
"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage "
|
||
"locations for different products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to"
|
||
" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them"
|
||
" to their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have "
|
||
"already generated the product transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the "
|
||
"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For "
|
||
"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are "
|
||
"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping"
|
||
" per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Use routes and rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced route configurations such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such "
|
||
"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes "
|
||
"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured routes"
|
||
msgstr "预配置的路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's "
|
||
"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The "
|
||
"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are"
|
||
" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see"
|
||
" the specific routes that Odoo generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In "
|
||
"the route form, the user can view which places the route is "
|
||
":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on "
|
||
"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company "
|
||
"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in "
|
||
"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "定制路线"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where "
|
||
"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of "
|
||
"places."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` of the route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to "
|
||
"be manually set on the product category form by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, "
|
||
"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in "
|
||
"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be "
|
||
"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products "
|
||
"from the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen "
|
||
"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow "
|
||
"that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or "
|
||
"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a "
|
||
"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the "
|
||
"quotation/sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be "
|
||
"manually set on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220
|
||
msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "规则"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired"
|
||
" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` "
|
||
"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Action`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a"
|
||
" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or "
|
||
"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need "
|
||
"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill "
|
||
"this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products "
|
||
"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to "
|
||
"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the "
|
||
"destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the "
|
||
"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required "
|
||
"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to "
|
||
"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule "
|
||
"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products "
|
||
"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a "
|
||
"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n"
|
||
"zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This "
|
||
"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock"
|
||
" of the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to "
|
||
"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the "
|
||
"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there"
|
||
" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the "
|
||
"products to the source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide "
|
||
"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281
|
||
msgid "Sample full route flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full"
|
||
" flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are"
|
||
" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply "
|
||
"Methods` for each rule are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - "
|
||
"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the "
|
||
"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another "
|
||
"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output "
|
||
"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, "
|
||
"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process"
|
||
" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, "
|
||
"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered "
|
||
"items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules"
|
||
" have been triggered and the transfers are done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "上架和下架策略"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6
|
||
msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?"
|
||
msgstr "什么是上架策略？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move "
|
||
"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo"
|
||
" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the "
|
||
"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important "
|
||
"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other "
|
||
"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules "
|
||
"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Setting up a putaway rule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, "
|
||
"products should be stored in different locations depending on several "
|
||
"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, "
|
||
"and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with"
|
||
" the following sub-locations:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50
|
||
msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway "
|
||
"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being "
|
||
"redirected to the right storage location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or "
|
||
"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). "
|
||
"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Take the following example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be"
|
||
" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be "
|
||
"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will "
|
||
"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Some examples of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Using Storage Categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories "
|
||
"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the "
|
||
"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing "
|
||
"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically "
|
||
"activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Create a Storage Category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new "
|
||
"storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by "
|
||
"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the "
|
||
"location is considered available to store a product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the "
|
||
"location is empty."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if "
|
||
"the same product is already there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored "
|
||
"in this location at the same time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be "
|
||
"linked to a location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on "
|
||
"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to "
|
||
"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control"
|
||
" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr "当需要移动产品时，Odoo会找到可分配给转移的可用产品。Odoo分配这些产品的方式取决于*产品类别*中定义的*删除策略*或*位置*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "仓库里发生了什么？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the "
|
||
"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the"
|
||
" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same "
|
||
"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the "
|
||
"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, "
|
||
"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n"
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the "
|
||
"transfer form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr "工作原理是什么?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "先进先出（FIFO）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some "
|
||
"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on"
|
||
" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes "
|
||
"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because "
|
||
":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date "
|
||
"after :guilabel:`00001`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`"
|
||
" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been"
|
||
" in the stock for the longest period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "后进先出（LIFO）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* "
|
||
"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. "
|
||
"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a "
|
||
"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those "
|
||
"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on"
|
||
" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer "
|
||
"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of "
|
||
":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First"
|
||
" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock "
|
||
"is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries "
|
||
"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr "先到期先出（FEFO）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the "
|
||
"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, "
|
||
"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the "
|
||
"stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific"
|
||
" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure "
|
||
"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following "
|
||
"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each "
|
||
"with five boxes in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the "
|
||
"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th "
|
||
"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of"
|
||
" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for "
|
||
"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The "
|
||
"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the"
|
||
" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from "
|
||
":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`20002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First "
|
||
"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that "
|
||
"has the nearest expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Closest Location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other "
|
||
"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse,"
|
||
" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products "
|
||
"that do not deteriorate with time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the "
|
||
"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. "
|
||
"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting "
|
||
"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the "
|
||
"alphabetic order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid "Use removal strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, "
|
||
"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also "
|
||
"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "FIFO（先进先出）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies "
|
||
"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method"
|
||
" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and"
|
||
" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal "
|
||
"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find "
|
||
"the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains "
|
||
"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a "
|
||
"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot "
|
||
":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should "
|
||
"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` "
|
||
"strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "LIFO （后进先出）"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is "
|
||
"mostly used for products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and "
|
||
"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved"
|
||
" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned "
|
||
"in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way "
|
||
"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular "
|
||
"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible "
|
||
"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be "
|
||
"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can "
|
||
"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr "从最早到最晚，根据移动日期选择范围。未定义移动日期的范围在具有移动日期之后拾取。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr "其他日期仅供参考和报告之用。如果没有从库存中移动，超过到期日期的批次仍可能被选为交货订单！"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of "
|
||
"them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr " **次 / 序列** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr " **** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr " **止日** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr "0000001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr "护手霜"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "2019/09/30"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr "0000002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "2019/11/30"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr "0000003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr "2019/10/31"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically"
|
||
" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and"
|
||
" :guilabel:`0000003`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "送货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "发货作业"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "如何取消发货请求？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以选择取消发货或更改运输公司。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你点击了 **** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **运单** 旁边的 ****"
|
||
" 点击即可。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以更改货代为你想要的。通过点击 **送给货** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
|
||
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
|
||
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
|
||
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
|
||
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
|
||
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
|
||
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
|
||
"enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
|
||
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
|
||
"purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
|
||
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
|
||
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
|
||
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
|
||
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
|
||
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
|
||
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
|
||
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
|
||
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
|
||
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
|
||
"confirm the delivered quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
|
||
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "在销售订单上，选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **货方** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr "当你点击 **** 销售订单或者点击 **置价** 的时候计算价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **置价** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "当你创建开票的时候, 开票的金额会采用订单上的金额。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr "价格会在你 **** 销售订单的时候计算出来。确认销售订单并且完成发货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单沟通栏查看实际费用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr "当你创建开票的时候, 开票金额会用货代计算的金额。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Change shipping label size"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
|
||
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
|
||
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
|
||
"to fit the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a "
|
||
"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, "
|
||
"*FedEx International* will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different shipping methods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
|
||
"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on "
|
||
"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a label type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
|
||
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
|
||
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
|
||
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
|
||
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
|
||
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Example labels"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
|
||
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
|
||
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "如何打印发货标签？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, "
|
||
"你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **代接** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "配置发货方式"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr "在 **** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "第一个和 **的账** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr "第二栏根据 **应** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **试模** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "公司配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **** 应用并点选 **用设** 。点击第一个链接 **置你的公司信** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr "进入 **** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **** 接收追踪号码和 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **** 的位置并选择 **包装上记录包材 "
|
||
":栈板, 箱子, ……** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "一旦完成， 点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "销售过程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "销售订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **货方** 选择正确的一个。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "多包裹发货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr "在 **** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **进同一个包** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **单追踪** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的 **** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "发货设置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "如何设置发货方法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "安装库存模块"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr "交货方式是由 **货成** 模块处理的。进入 **** 并搜索该模块。搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **** : "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电子商务集成, 你需要安装 **电子商务发货** 模块。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** "
|
||
"并设置一个价格。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果价格根据规则而变化， 点选 **于规** 。点击 **加一个价格规则的新条** 。选择一个或者基于重量， 容积， 价格或者数量的条件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "交货流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在你可以在销售订单上选择 **货方** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票， 点击 **置价** "
|
||
"，它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "交货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **代信** 。货代就是发货方式。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的凭证？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "DHL 密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "DHL 账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
|
||
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
|
||
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
|
||
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
|
||
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
|
||
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
|
||
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
|
||
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
|
||
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank"
|
||
" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping "
|
||
"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is "
|
||
"required."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
|
||
msgstr "仓库配置"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
|
||
" address`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
|
||
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
|
||
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
|
||
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
|
||
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
|
||
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
|
||
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
|
||
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
|
||
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
|
||
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
|
||
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
|
||
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "设置Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
|
||
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
|
||
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
|
||
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
|
||
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
|
||
"shipping method or create a new product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
|
||
"shipping products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
|
||
"products` link."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
|
||
"and returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
|
||
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
|
||
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
|
||
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
|
||
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
|
||
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
|
||
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
|
||
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
|
||
" within 24 hours of creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
|
||
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
|
||
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
|
||
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
|
||
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
|
||
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
|
||
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
|
||
"following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
|
||
"returns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176
|
||
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
|
||
"configured Sendcloud account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183
|
||
msgid "FAQ"
|
||
msgstr "FAQ"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
|
||
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
|
||
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
|
||
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
|
||
"transfer and generate labels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
|
||
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
|
||
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
|
||
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
|
||
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
|
||
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
|
||
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
|
||
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
|
||
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
|
||
" the volumetric weight."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
|
||
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
|
||
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
|
||
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
|
||
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
|
||
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
|
||
"carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **运接** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **际运** , 一个是 **内运**"
|
||
" 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **装类** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr "如何准备使用的话， 就标记为 **以发** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **格计** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "第一个和 **的账** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS "
|
||
"US只在美国国内运输。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **货方** 选择合适的一个。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **置价** 的时候价格就会计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **置价** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到开票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **** 接收追踪号码。 **运商追踪参** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **** 按钮查看发货单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "一个UPS 账户号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "登陆秘钥"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr "访问密钥是一个16个字符的字母数字代码，允许访问UPS Developer Kit API开发和生产服务器。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "创建一个UPS账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n"
|
||
"<https : //www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account> `_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1.访问UPS网站，网址为 `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__ ，然后单击页面顶部的 **用** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 <http://www.ups.com/>`_)。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **户概** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详** 部分点击 **加现有的UPS账** 链接。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. 在 **加新的账** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号** ， **户名** ， 以及 **** 等字段， 默认的国家是美国"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **一** 按钮继续。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "获取访问密匙"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "验证联系信息"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "点击 **求访问密** 按钮。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **问密** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "制造"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
|
||
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
|
||
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Maintenance"
|
||
msgstr "维护保养"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add new equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
|
||
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
|
||
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
|
||
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
|
||
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
|
||
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
|
||
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
|
||
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
|
||
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
|
||
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
|
||
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
|
||
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
|
||
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
|
||
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
|
||
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
|
||
"employee and a department"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
|
||
"page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
|
||
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
|
||
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
|
||
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
|
||
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
|
||
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
|
||
"work centers, like an office, for example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
|
||
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
|
||
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Include additional product information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
|
||
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
|
||
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
|
||
"Failures)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
|
||
"warranty will expire"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add maintenance details"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
|
||
"maintenance teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
|
||
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
|
||
"equipment when it fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
|
||
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
|
||
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
|
||
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
|
||
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
|
||
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
|
||
" the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing management"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Alternative Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "替代工作中心"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturing several different products simultaneously at the same work "
|
||
"center is a common issue for manufacturing companies. Although in practice, "
|
||
"employees can manufacture the goods at another work center instead of "
|
||
"waiting for one to be available, it's not always simple to have visibility "
|
||
"on which work center is busy and plan resources accordingly in real-time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在同一工作中心同时制造多个不同的产品是制造公司的常见情况。虽然在实践中，员工可以在另一个工作中心制造货物，而不是等待一个工作中心可用，但要了解哪个工作中心繁忙并实时相应地计划资源并不总是那么简单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can configure alternative work centers to solve this issue. "
|
||
"This automatically checks which work center is busy and which equivalent "
|
||
"ones are free, and schedules orders and maintenance accordingly."
|
||
msgstr "使用Odoo，您可以配置替代工作中心来解决此问题。这会自动检查哪个工作中心繁忙，哪个等效工作中心空闲，并相应地安排订单和维护。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This way, your process becomes more efficient, as work center utilisation is"
|
||
" optimised."
|
||
msgstr "这样，随着工作中心利用率的优化，您的流程变得更加高效。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure your Work Centers"
|
||
msgstr "配置你的工作中心"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Then, enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Work order settings ticked in Odoo Manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers` and create two "
|
||
"new work centers. Add the second work center as an alternative to the first "
|
||
"one and vice versa."
|
||
msgstr "现在，转到：菜单选择：`配置-->工作中心`并创建两个新的工作中心。添加第二个工作中心作为第一个工作中心的替代方案，反之亦然。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a secondary work center as an alternate to the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills of Materials`, choose your "
|
||
"product, and add these work centers to the operations of your :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add work centers to Bill of Materials operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create your Work Orders"
|
||
msgstr "创建工单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and hit "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. There, add your product to your manufacturing order and "
|
||
"plan it. You can then retrieve them from the :guilabel:`Work Orders` list "
|
||
"view, under :menuselection:`Operations > Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first "
|
||
"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured, as "
|
||
"shown below."
|
||
msgstr "每个新的*工单*（将在第一个工单结束之前创建）将安排在您配置的替代工作中心，如下所示。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Work order creation and scheduling."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you"
|
||
" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the"
|
||
" usual one is free."
|
||
msgstr "请记住，如果在生产开始后向工作中心增加时间，即使常用的工作中心空闲，工单也可能会安排到替代工作中心。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials"
|
||
msgstr "创建物料清单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the "
|
||
"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. "
|
||
"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines "
|
||
"needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own "
|
||
"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process and save time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations"
|
||
" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely "
|
||
"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills "
|
||
"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`"
|
||
" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`"
|
||
" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final "
|
||
"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created "
|
||
"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created "
|
||
"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> "
|
||
"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product "
|
||
"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, "
|
||
"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and "
|
||
"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply "
|
||
"on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Set up operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify"
|
||
" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use"
|
||
" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> "
|
||
"Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a "
|
||
"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like "
|
||
"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that "
|
||
"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a"
|
||
" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing "
|
||
"Operations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in "
|
||
"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike "
|
||
"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which "
|
||
"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in "
|
||
"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of unassembled components. Kits may be sold as products, "
|
||
"but are also useful tools for managing more complex bills of materials "
|
||
"(BoMs). To use kits, the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and :guilabel:`Inventory`"
|
||
" applications need to be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Create the kit as a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a kit as a sellable product or simply as a component organization "
|
||
"tool, the kit should first be created as a product. To create a kit product,"
|
||
" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Storable Product`: this"
|
||
" allows for management of kit inventory. The :guilabel:`Route` designation "
|
||
"under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter, since Odoo uses the "
|
||
"routes of the kit's components for replenishment purposes. All other "
|
||
"parameters for the kit product may be modified according to preference. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The kit's components must also be configured as products via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing or Inventory --> Products --> Products`. These"
|
||
" components require no specific configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Set up the kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, create a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the kit product. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and then"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Product` field to the "
|
||
"previously configured kit product. Then, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Kit`. Finally, add each component and specify its quantity. Make "
|
||
"sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components "
|
||
"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring "
|
||
"manufacturing operations is not necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the "
|
||
"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of "
|
||
"the kit is listed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are also used to manage *multilevel* :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
" These are products that contain other products as components and therefore "
|
||
"require nested :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`. Incorporating pre-"
|
||
"configured kits into multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` allows for"
|
||
" cleaner organization of bundled products. Under :guilabel:`Components`, "
|
||
"list a kit as a component in a higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (Bills of "
|
||
"Material)` to eliminate the need to add the kit's parts individually. Any "
|
||
":guilabel:`BoM Type` can be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access a comprehensive overview of the multilevel :abbr:`BoM's (Bill of "
|
||
"Material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart "
|
||
"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be expanded and "
|
||
"viewed from this report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multilevel "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to "
|
||
"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or "
|
||
"sale. To manage multilevel products that require manufactured subcomponents,"
|
||
" refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-assemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of "
|
||
"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants "
|
||
"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Activate product variants"
|
||
msgstr "激活产品变体"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the"
|
||
" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to "
|
||
":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants"
|
||
msgstr "应用BOM 组件至产品变体"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign "
|
||
"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately "
|
||
"visible, activate it from the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no "
|
||
"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same "
|
||
"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown"
|
||
" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one "
|
||
"product variant."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Applying components to multiple variants."
|
||
msgstr "应用组件到多个变体。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "质量管理"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Whether you want to control the quality of your production, or the "
|
||
"production of your subcontractor, before registering the products into your "
|
||
"stock, you can rely on Odoo's Quality module."
|
||
msgstr "无论你是想控制你的生产质量，还是你的分包商的生产，在注册产品到你的库存之前，你可以依靠Odoo的质量模块。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To control the quality of your production, you need to set a *Quality "
|
||
"Control Point* on the Manufacturing Operation Type, as shown below. To "
|
||
"create it, Go to :menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Control "
|
||
"Points`, and click **Create**. If the check only applies to specific "
|
||
"products, or product categories, you can specify these during the setup as "
|
||
"well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"为了控制生产质量，您需要在制造操作类型上设置一个*质量控制点*，如下所示。要创建它，请转至：菜单选择：`质量-->质量控制-->控制点`，然后单击 "
|
||
"**** 。如果该检查仅适用于特定产品或产品类别，您也可以在设置过程中指定这些产品或类别。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regarding the reception of subcontracted products, instead of the "
|
||
"Manufacturing Operation Type, you need to select the 'Receipts' Operation "
|
||
"type. For the rest, the same principles apply."
|
||
msgstr "对于分包产品的接收，您需要选择“收据”操作类型，而不是“制造操作类型”。对于其他的，同样的原则也适用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/quality_control.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is made and/or received. Note that several Quality Check *Types* can"
|
||
" be chosen from the dropdown. Note also that several Quality Check Points "
|
||
"can be set up for the same Operation Type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"这样，每次制造和/或接收成品时，都会自动创建质量检查。请注意，可以从下拉列表中选择几种质量检查*类型*。另请注意，可以为同一操作类型设置多个质量检查点。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr "管理半成品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
|
||
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
|
||
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
|
||
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
|
||
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
|
||
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
|
||
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
|
||
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
|
||
" Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
|
||
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
|
||
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
|
||
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
|
||
"component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Manage production planning"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
|
||
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
|
||
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
|
||
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
|
||
"the more appropriate option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
|
||
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
|
||
"options:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
|
||
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
|
||
"`0`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
|
||
"semi-finished product's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
|
||
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
|
||
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
|
||
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
|
||
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
|
||
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
|
||
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "外包制造"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not "
|
||
"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr "将公司的部分或全部生产需求外包并不容易。要使其正常工作，您必须："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor"
|
||
msgstr "管理分包商的原材料库存"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time"
|
||
msgstr "在正确的时间将原材料运送给分包商"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality"
|
||
msgstr "控制进货质量"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills"
|
||
msgstr "控制分包商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr "这是转包制造“C”的例子，它是用原材料“A”和“B”生产的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr "通过其MRP分包功能，Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理此流程。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr "要使用转包功能，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置并勾选 *转包* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr "要定义一个产品是否必须分包，使用类型 *分包* 的 *物料清单(BoM)* 。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> "
|
||
"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要创建新的*BoM*，请转至：菜单选择：`制造-->产品-->BoM表`，然后点击创建。然后，列出分包商制造产品所需的组件。出于成本核算目的，您可能希望注册所有组件，甚至是直接从分包商处采购的组件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr "将 *BoM类型* 设置为 *转包* 后，指定一个或多个转包商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr "基本分包流程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"为了让您的分包商知道您需要多少产品，请创建并向他们发送采购订单（PO）。要执行此操作，请转到*采购*应用程序并创建新的采购订单。确保将采购订单发送给这些产品的*BoM*上定义为分包商的供应商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:"
|
||
msgstr "一旦*采购订单*被验证（1），就会创建一个待处理的收据。收到产品后，用实际收到的数量验证收据（2）。因此，Odoo为你做了以下事情："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on"
|
||
" the *BoM* and your input (3);"
|
||
msgstr "根据*BoM*和您的输入（3），在分包商的位置消耗相应的组件；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr "在分包商位置（4）生产成品；"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr "通过已验证的收据（5），将产品从该分包商的位置移动到您的公司。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"*采购订单*是可选的。如果您使用正确的分包商手动创建收据，则Odoo仍会执行所有移动。如果分包商没有为每个项目支付固定价格，而是为所用的时间和材料支付费用，则这可能很有用。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "库存计价"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr "制成品“C”的成本定义为:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "与："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr "**A** :来自贵公司的原材料成本;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr "**B** :直接从采购的原材料成本"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr "分包商;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr "**s** :分包服务的成本。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your "
|
||
"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal "
|
||
"Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"将原材料发送给您的分包商（**A**）不会影响库存估值，因为组件仍然作为您库存的一部分进行估值。这是通过将“分包位置”设置为“内部位置”来管理的。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"然后，在产品C表格上设置的卖方价格必须是分包商为其零件和服务时间所必须支付的价格： ** B + s ** 。 产品成本必须为：**A + B + "
|
||
"s** ，该产品在会计中的价值。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr "最后，分包商账单与采购订单匹配，建议价格来自成品C。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr "如果不需要在你的分包商所在地管理原材料的补充，只需在分包商的价格中包括 **B** 的成本，并将产品从 *BoM* 中删除。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "追溯"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr "如果从分包商处收到的产品包含跟踪部件，则需要在接收过程中指定其序列号或批号。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record "
|
||
"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在这种情况下，在收到分包产品时，会出现一个*记录组件*按钮。单击它打开一个对话框，并记录部件的序列号/批号。如果还跟踪了成品，则其序列号/批号也可以在此处注册。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr "出于审计目的，可以使用成品右侧的图标检查收据上记录的批号:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the "
|
||
"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option "
|
||
"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more "
|
||
"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when "
|
||
"receiving your final product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"另请注意，如果已在非跟踪产品的分包BOM上选择了灵活消耗，则如果您希望在接收最终产品时在分包位置登记更多或更少的组件消耗，则记录组件选项也将可选地出现在每个移动行上。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can "
|
||
"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move "
|
||
"line hamburger menus."
|
||
msgstr "正如你所看到的，这两种非追溯产品的接收可以通过选择“设置数量”选项或通过移动线汉堡菜单来执行"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr "分包商的自动化补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your "
|
||
"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends "
|
||
"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. "
|
||
"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their "
|
||
"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the "
|
||
"subcontracting location, for raw material."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在购买最终产品时，有两种方法可以自动向分包商供应原材料。选择的方法取决于您是否希望物料通过仓库运输。这两种方法都被描述为拉动式机制，因为它们的触发器是分包商的初始采购订单，这在分包地点产生了对原材料的需求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own "
|
||
"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as "
|
||
"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy "
|
||
"route should also be activated."
|
||
msgstr "如果您从自己的仓库向分包商供应原材料，则必须激活“按订单再供应分包商”路线，如下所示。如果这是您从供应商处购买的组件，则还应激活购买路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you "
|
||
"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order "
|
||
"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate "
|
||
"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, "
|
||
"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that "
|
||
"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，如果您希望您的供应商直接为您的分包商补货，您必须选择“Dropship Subcontractor on "
|
||
"Order”选项。为了使此选项在产品表单上处于活动状态，您必须首先从 :menuselection:“Purchase --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Dropshipping”激活 dropship "
|
||
"选项。验证分包商的采购订单后，此路线将创建从您的供应商到该分包商的托运 RFQ。然后，您只需要查看并验证它。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route "
|
||
"is a buy route already."
|
||
msgstr "请注意，在这种情况下不选择购买路线，因为运输路线已经是购买路线。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your "
|
||
"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage "
|
||
"locations`."
|
||
msgstr "最后，如果要跟踪分包地点的这些原材料库存，则必须激活*多位置*:菜单选择:`库存->配置->设置->库存位置`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189
|
||
msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock."
|
||
msgstr "从位置表单中，您就可以访问当前的库存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198
|
||
msgid "Manual Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "手动补给"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200
|
||
msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually."
|
||
msgstr "您也可以选择手动补充分包商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own "
|
||
"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the "
|
||
"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor "
|
||
"you are delivering to."
|
||
msgstr "如果您想在方便时将组件发送给您的分包商，请从 *库存* 应用中选择“再供应分包商”操作类型，然后创建一个拣货，指定您要交付给哪个分包商。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your "
|
||
"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as"
|
||
" the delivery address."
|
||
msgstr "或者，您还可以手动要求您的供应商通过创建直销型PO来补给您的分包商，并将您的分包商设置为交货地址。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr "使用主生产排程"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times."
|
||
msgstr "在MPS设置中，您可以定义MPS的时间范围（月/周/天）以及您随时要显示的时段数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the"
|
||
" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum "
|
||
"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"现在，转到：菜单选择:`计划->主生产计划`，然后点击*添加产品*。您现在可以定义您的安全库存目标（=在此期间结束时您想要拥有的库存）以及每个期间必须或可以补充的最小和最大数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display "
|
||
"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which"
|
||
" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available"
|
||
" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan "
|
||
"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide "
|
||
"to hide rows if you like."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在MPS视图中，您可以通过单击*行*来决定要显示哪些信息。例如，*实际需求*将显示您在此期间已经订购了多少产品，或者*可以承诺*，在同一时期仍然可以销售的产品（您计划补充的产品-"
|
||
"已经销售的产品在此期间）。如果你喜欢，你也可以决定隐藏行。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "估计需求并发起补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done "
|
||
"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the "
|
||
"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand "
|
||
"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"下一步是估计所选时期的需求。这是在*预测需求*行中完成的。您可以随时轻松地将需求预测与实际需求（=确认销售额）进行比较。成品的需求预测将影响其组件的间接需求。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the "
|
||
"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are"
|
||
" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or "
|
||
"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the"
|
||
" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"一旦确定了预测需求，将自动计算不同时期的补充数量。您应该根据交货时间（供应商交货时间或制造交货时间）启动的补充信息然后以绿色显示。您现在可以点击补充按钮启动补充。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small "
|
||
"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go "
|
||
"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the "
|
||
"cross."
|
||
msgstr "如果您手动编辑*建议补货*数量，单元格左侧会出现一个小十字。如果您想回到Odoo给出的自动计算值，只需单击交叉点。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr "单元格颜色的含义"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take "
|
||
"different colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr "作为*建议补充*线的一部分的单元格可以根据情况采取不同的颜色："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr " **** ：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些询价单或制造订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
|
||
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
|
||
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
|
||
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
|
||
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
|
||
" Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
|
||
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
|
||
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
|
||
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
|
||
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
|
||
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
|
||
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
|
||
"can be in use each week"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
|
||
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
|
||
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
|
||
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
|
||
"minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
|
||
"work center simultaneously"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
|
||
"is finished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
|
||
"hour"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
|
||
"should be recorded"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
|
||
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
|
||
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
|
||
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
|
||
"equipment to become fully operational again"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
|
||
"failure will occur"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
|
||
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:79
|
||
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
|
||
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:85
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
|
||
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
|
||
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
|
||
"carried out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
|
||
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
|
||
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
|
||
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
|
||
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
|
||
"top left of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
|
||
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
|
||
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
|
||
"at the top right of the form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
|
||
"the work center has been fully productive"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
|
||
"workload"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
|
||
"percentage of the expected duration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
|
||
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
|
||
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
|
||
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
|
||
"detected by automated processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
|
||
" the *Quality* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
|
||
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
|
||
"quality team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
|
||
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
|
||
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
|
||
"created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
|
||
"the quality issue, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
|
||
"originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
|
||
" alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
|
||
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
|
||
"information to quality teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
|
||
"occurring in the future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
|
||
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
|
||
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
|
||
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access the work order menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
|
||
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
|
||
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
|
||
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
|
||
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
|
||
"calendar, and pivot table views."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
|
||
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
|
||
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add quality controls"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are "
|
||
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
|
||
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
|
||
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
|
||
"specific points during production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Configure quality control points"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
|
||
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
|
||
"accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
|
||
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
|
||
"specific quality control point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
|
||
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
|
||
"Orders`, etc.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
|
||
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
|
||
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
|
||
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
|
||
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
|
||
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
|
||
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
|
||
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
|
||
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
|
||
"the quality control point check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
|
||
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
|
||
"fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
|
||
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
|
||
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
|
||
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
|
||
"will pass the check:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
|
||
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
|
||
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
|
||
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
|
||
" 60.5 mm)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
|
||
"check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
|
||
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
|
||
"specified on the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
|
||
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
|
||
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
|
||
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
|
||
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
|
||
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
|
||
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
|
||
"team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "采购"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
|
||
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr "**Odoo采购 **助您跟踪采购协议，报价和采购订单。学习如何跟踪购买投标，自动补充并跟进您的订单。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Odoo 教程: 采购 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "高级"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr "分析你的采购情况"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您的公司经常采购产品，您有几个理由来跟踪和分析您的绩效。收集到的见解可以帮助您更好地预测和计划未来的订单。例如，您可以评估您的业务是否依赖于特定供应商，并且数据可以帮助您就价格折扣进行谈判。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr "生成自定义报告"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"转到*报告*访问采购分析。只需访问报告仪表板，您就可以快速了解实际性能。默认情况下，报告仪表板显示一个折线图，显示每天采购订单的未征税数量，下面是关键指标和枢轴表。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr "虽然最初提供的数据很有用，但您可以使用多种工具和功能来获取有关采购的更多见解。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr "使用过滤器选择所需的数据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo提供了几个默认过滤器，您可以通过单击*过滤器*来使用和组合。当您选择一个或多个过滤器时，Odoo会查找与您选择的至少一个过滤器匹配的所有订单，并使用数据填充图表，关键指标和枢轴表。预先配置的过滤器是："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr "全部*询价单*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr "所有*采购订单*，取消的除外"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr "*去年确认日期*包括去年确认的所有订单，包括已取消的采购订单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr "*订单日期*包括所有订单-报价和购买订单请求（包括已取消的订单）-取决于创建日期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr "*确认日期*包括所有已确认的订单，包括已取消的订单，具体取决于确认日期"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr "当您必须选择一个时段时，您可以使用多年，并且至少选择一年，多个季度和最近三个月。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr "如果您使用*订单日期*或*确认日期*过滤器，*比较*功能显示在*过滤器*旁边。它使您能够比较您过滤的时间段与前一个时间段。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr "添加自定义过滤器"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"由于有 31 种筛选选项可供选择，您自定义数据集的可能性几乎是无限的。转到:menuselection:“Filters --> Add Custom "
|
||
"Filter”，指定筛选选项应满足的条件（例如*等于*、*包含*等），然后单击*应用*。如果您想选择同时匹配多个条件的订单（*and* "
|
||
"运算符），请重复该过程以添加另一个自定义过滤器。如果您想使用 *or* 运算符，请不要单击 *应用*，而是单击 *Add a "
|
||
"condition*。添加所有所需的筛选选项后，单击*应用*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"为避免每次都必须重新创建自定义过滤器，请单击以下选项保存它们：菜单选择:`收藏->保存当前搜索->保存`。然后，可以通过单击*文件夹*访问自定义的搜索过滤器，甚至可以在打开报告仪表板时将其设置为默认过滤器。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr "准确衡量你需要什么"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在选择要测量的内容之前，您需要决定是更喜欢使用图表视图还是数据透视视图。默认情况下，仪表板显示两个视图。但是，您选择的度量不会应用于这两个视图。您可以通过单击仪表板右上角的图标来单独访问每个视图。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr "可视化数据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"通过选择三个图表中的一个，只需单击即可变换主图形：条形图、直线图或饼图。有十四种不同的测量方法可用，但一次只能使用一种。但是，您可以使用19个*组*中的一个或多个*组*对度量值进行分组。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"对于条形图和折线图，选定的度量值是y轴，您选择的第一个组用于创建x轴。添加更多组会添加其他线条（折线图）或将条形图转换为堆叠条形图。对于饼图，选择的组越多，显示的切片越多。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr "浏览您的数据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"透视表视图使您能够非常详细地研究数据。与图形视图不同，透视表允许您同时添加几个度量。通过单击*Measures*或*Total*列中的**+**符号，您可以添加任意数量的措施，每个措施分配到一个新列。通过点击*Total*行中的**+**符号，您可以添加*Groups*。如果您单击一个组的**+**符号，您可以添加子组，等等。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr "您可以在电子表格应用程序中直接插入透视表的数据，或将其导出为Excel文件。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr "管理交易"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a "
|
||
"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. "
|
||
"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the "
|
||
"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they"
|
||
" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk "
|
||
"pricing with vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13
|
||
msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to "
|
||
"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as "
|
||
"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> "
|
||
"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) "
|
||
"a new blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be "
|
||
"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term "
|
||
"agreement must follow:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific "
|
||
"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the "
|
||
"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket "
|
||
"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official "
|
||
"purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either "
|
||
"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this"
|
||
" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the "
|
||
"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement "
|
||
"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not "
|
||
"expire, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be "
|
||
"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order "
|
||
"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate "
|
||
"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products "
|
||
"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the"
|
||
" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is "
|
||
"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field"
|
||
" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this "
|
||
"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to "
|
||
"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order."
|
||
" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is"
|
||
" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field "
|
||
"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the "
|
||
"database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
|
||
"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the "
|
||
"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), "
|
||
"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of "
|
||
"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices "
|
||
"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit "
|
||
"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the"
|
||
" price will remain **0**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket "
|
||
"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal "
|
||
"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where "
|
||
":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order "
|
||
"settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement "
|
||
"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection "
|
||
"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated "
|
||
"for the type of selection:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, "
|
||
"multiple purchase orders are allowed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how "
|
||
"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this "
|
||
"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantities` fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99
|
||
msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket"
|
||
" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new "
|
||
"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry "
|
||
"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the "
|
||
"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the "
|
||
"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and "
|
||
"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, "
|
||
"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be "
|
||
"manually set by the user."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via"
|
||
" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket "
|
||
"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase "
|
||
"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to "
|
||
"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new"
|
||
" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and "
|
||
"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly "
|
||
"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-"
|
||
"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this "
|
||
"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending "
|
||
"on the settings configured on the blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the "
|
||
"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the "
|
||
"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the "
|
||
"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase "
|
||
"order that was just created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` "
|
||
"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected "
|
||
"Arrival` date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the"
|
||
" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new "
|
||
"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement,"
|
||
" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form,"
|
||
" as well as the product information entered on the product lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send"
|
||
" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once"
|
||
" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket "
|
||
"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "一揽子订单和补货"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO "
|
||
"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated "
|
||
"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information "
|
||
"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is"
|
||
" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be "
|
||
"replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at "
|
||
"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods "
|
||
"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and "
|
||
"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation "
|
||
"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, "
|
||
"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be "
|
||
"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from "
|
||
"which vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used"
|
||
" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when"
|
||
" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20
|
||
msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a "
|
||
"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in "
|
||
"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create "
|
||
"*blanket orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery "
|
||
"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To "
|
||
"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and "
|
||
"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. "
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a"
|
||
" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides "
|
||
"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to"
|
||
" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of "
|
||
"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns"
|
||
" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and "
|
||
"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their "
|
||
"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best "
|
||
"offers for them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor,"
|
||
" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent "
|
||
"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and "
|
||
"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"alternative` pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next"
|
||
" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected"
|
||
" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO"
|
||
" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative"
|
||
" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new"
|
||
" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, "
|
||
"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an "
|
||
"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the "
|
||
"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a "
|
||
"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product "
|
||
"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed "
|
||
"manually, if desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window "
|
||
"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities "
|
||
"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the "
|
||
"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-"
|
||
"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send by Email`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the"
|
||
" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`"
|
||
" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` "
|
||
"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141
|
||
msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link "
|
||
"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also"
|
||
" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately "
|
||
"at first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to "
|
||
"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an "
|
||
"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other "
|
||
"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created "
|
||
"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. "
|
||
"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous "
|
||
":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking "
|
||
":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the "
|
||
"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181
|
||
msgid "Compare product lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as "
|
||
"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which "
|
||
"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, "
|
||
"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations "
|
||
"created previously."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to"
|
||
" a Compare Order Lines page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. "
|
||
"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is"
|
||
" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which "
|
||
"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, "
|
||
"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the "
|
||
"order, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This "
|
||
"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the "
|
||
"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity"
|
||
" is changed to **0**, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, "
|
||
"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all"
|
||
" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to "
|
||
"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218
|
||
msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors "
|
||
"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders"
|
||
" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost "
|
||
"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they "
|
||
"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired "
|
||
"purchase orders have been confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click "
|
||
"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be "
|
||
"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative "
|
||
"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional "
|
||
"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO "
|
||
"(Purchase Order)` is open."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` "
|
||
"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an "
|
||
":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all "
|
||
"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` "
|
||
"when finished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for "
|
||
"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be "
|
||
"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at "
|
||
"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs "
|
||
"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and "
|
||
"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` "
|
||
"column at the far right of their rows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can "
|
||
"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received "
|
||
"into the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by "
|
||
"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The "
|
||
"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be "
|
||
"applied to any new product created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
|
||
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
|
||
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the "
|
||
"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a"
|
||
" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill "
|
||
"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab "
|
||
"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, "
|
||
"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any "
|
||
"products actually being received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control"
|
||
" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to"
|
||
" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`"
|
||
" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to "
|
||
"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least "
|
||
"some of the quantities are received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63
|
||
msgid "3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "3方匹配"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only "
|
||
"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have "
|
||
"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is "
|
||
"set to *received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When "
|
||
"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, "
|
||
"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included "
|
||
"in a purchase order have been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been "
|
||
"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the "
|
||
"draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price "
|
||
"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If "
|
||
"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but "
|
||
"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be "
|
||
"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be"
|
||
" set to :guilabel:`No`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo."
|
||
" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-"
|
||
"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr "查看采购订单的帐单状态"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be "
|
||
"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` "
|
||
"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control "
|
||
"policy used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr " **** "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*收到的数量*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*订购的数量*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr "采购订单已确认；未收到任何产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123
|
||
msgid "*Not applicable*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；未创建票据"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr "订单已确认"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "收到的所有/部分产品；已创建账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "已创建账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
|
||
msgstr "管理供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, "
|
||
"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place."
|
||
msgstr "**采购** 程序允许你在同一个地方无缝管理你的采购单, 买入的产品, 和供应商账单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you "
|
||
"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased"
|
||
" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase "
|
||
"management processes."
|
||
msgstr "如果你要设置供应商订单控制流程, 首先你要在Odoo里有采购数据.知道什么被采购和收到货是理解你的采购管理流程的第一步."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr "标准Odoo工作流程:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your "
|
||
"vendor(s)."
|
||
msgstr "从发送一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 给你的供应商(们)开始."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase "
|
||
"Order (PO)**."
|
||
msgstr "一旦供应商接受这询价单, 确认这询价单为 **采购订单(PO)** ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any "
|
||
"stockable products."
|
||
msgstr "确认采购订单将生成一个 **新进货物** 如果你采购的是库存产品."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with "
|
||
"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy."
|
||
msgstr "一旦当你从你的供应商处收到一个 **供应商账单** , 和前一步收到的货物做一个验证来确保准确性."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or "
|
||
"only one."
|
||
msgstr "这个过程也许在同一家公司由三个人做, 也可能只是一个人."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications"
|
||
msgstr "安装采购和库存应用"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and "
|
||
"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will "
|
||
"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications."
|
||
msgstr "从**Apps**应用程序，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Creating products"
|
||
msgstr "创建产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing "
|
||
"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and "
|
||
"click create."
|
||
msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, "
|
||
"since it is important:"
|
||
msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，它非常重要："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep "
|
||
"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and "
|
||
"will allow for receiving these kinds of products."
|
||
msgstr "**可贮存或可消耗** 的设置将用于跟踪库存水平。选项用于库存管理，并允许接收这些产品."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will "
|
||
"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no "
|
||
"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either "
|
||
"of these designations."
|
||
msgstr "相反，被设置为 **服务或数字产品** 的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all "
|
||
"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or "
|
||
"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the "
|
||
"product type to **Service**."
|
||
msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存计价和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项**产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills"
|
||
msgstr "管理你的供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Purchasing products or services"
|
||
msgstr "采购产品或服务"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many "
|
||
"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation "
|
||
"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor "
|
||
"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the "
|
||
"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor "
|
||
"Reference)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"从采购应用, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认书或报价单。你可以在 **供应商参考** "
|
||
"字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配 (因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory "
|
||
"application."
|
||
msgstr "确认采购订单，并从库存应用程序下接收产品."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Receiving Products"
|
||
msgstr "接收产品"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, "
|
||
"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after "
|
||
"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should "
|
||
"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button "
|
||
"is outlined in red below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你采购了可库存产品且负责管理其库存情况，你在采购订单被确认后需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在**库存仪表板**上，你可以看到一个按钮直接与产品调拨相关联。这个按钮在以下显示为红色："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in"
|
||
" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor "
|
||
"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference "
|
||
"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria"
|
||
" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the "
|
||
"following screen where you then will receive the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:116
|
||
msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Managing Vendor Bills"
|
||
msgstr "管理供应商账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it"
|
||
" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create"
|
||
" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当你收到以前所采购产品的**供应商账单**时，确认将其记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。即使你已经登记了一个采购订单，也需要创建一个新的供应商账单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select"
|
||
" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated "
|
||
"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify "
|
||
"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you "
|
||
"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced "
|
||
"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that "
|
||
"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate "
|
||
"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor "
|
||
"reference number or your internal purchase order number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开开票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号码或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you "
|
||
"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change "
|
||
"prices)."
|
||
msgstr "当开票仍为草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
|
||
msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:"
|
||
msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr "你的供应商有欠单并且当他们发货时寄给你账单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit."
|
||
msgstr "你的供应商寄给你部分账单，或要求押金."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate "
|
||
"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If "
|
||
"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this"
|
||
" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and"
|
||
" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you"
|
||
" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"每次你录入一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒, "
|
||
"也许需要进一步查询。在这时, 在确认供应商账单前, 可以修改数量."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:162
|
||
msgid "Vendor Bill Matching"
|
||
msgstr "供应商账单匹配"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
|
||
msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received"
|
||
msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the"
|
||
" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several "
|
||
"reasons:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you"
|
||
" have not ordered."
|
||
msgstr "供应商错误地要你付你没有订购的产品/或服务."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet,"
|
||
" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities."
|
||
msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的开票, 如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:178
|
||
msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products."
|
||
msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:180
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any "
|
||
"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you "
|
||
"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received."
|
||
msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this "
|
||
"could be due to one of a few reasons:"
|
||
msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is"
|
||
" not going to appear anywhere in the selection."
|
||
msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor."
|
||
msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
|
||
msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order."
|
||
msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:198
|
||
msgid "How product quantities are managed"
|
||
msgstr "产品数量如何管理"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:200
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while "
|
||
"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities."
|
||
msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received "
|
||
"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask "
|
||
"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings"
|
||
" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct "
|
||
"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new "
|
||
"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** 。 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户 "
|
||
"--> 用户 --> 访问权限`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品, 你可以看到一个名为 **控制采购订单** 的新字段."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can then change the default management method for the selected product "
|
||
"to be based on either:"
|
||
msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:216
|
||
msgid "Ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr "订购数量"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:218
|
||
msgid "or Received quantities"
|
||
msgstr "或收到数量"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:221
|
||
msgid "Batch Billing"
|
||
msgstr "批量账单"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:223
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, "
|
||
"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the "
|
||
"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not "
|
||
"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will"
|
||
" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单.Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
|
||
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
|
||
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
|
||
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
|
||
" below a set threshold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
|
||
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
|
||
"be added to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
|
||
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
|
||
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
|
||
"into it's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
|
||
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
|
||
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
|
||
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
|
||
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
|
||
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
|
||
" once they are received and entered into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
|
||
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
|
||
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
|
||
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
|
||
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
|
||
"created for 21 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
|
||
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
|
||
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
|
||
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
|
||
"Quantity` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
|
||
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
|
||
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
|
||
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
|
||
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
|
||
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
|
||
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
|
||
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
|
||
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
|
||
"top of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
|
||
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
|
||
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
|
||
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr "以不同于销售的计量单位购买"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"当您购买产品时，您的供应商可能会使用与您销售产品时不同的计量单位。这可能会造成销售代表和采购代表之间的混淆。每次手动转换计量值也很耗时。使用Odoo，您可以配置产品一次，并让Odoo处理转换。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr "考虑以下示例："
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr "你从美国供应商那里购买橙汁，他们使用 **** 。但是，您的客户是欧洲人，使用 ****。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr "你从供应商那里以 ** **形式购买窗帘，然后用 **方米 **客户出售。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "启用度量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr "打开销售应用程序，进入：菜单选择：`配置-->设置`。在“产品目录”下，启用*度量单位*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "指定销售和采购计量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "标准计量单位"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"默认情况下，数据库中有多种度量单位可用。每个都属于五个预先配置的度量单位类别之一：*长度/距离*、*单位*、*体积*、*重量*和*工作时间*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr "您可以创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别（请参见下一节）。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"要为销售和购买指定不同的计量单位，请打开购买应用程序并转到:menuselection:“Products --> "
|
||
"Products”。创建产品或选择现有产品。在产品的 *General Information* "
|
||
"选项卡下，首先选择要用于销售（以及其他应用程序，例如库存）的 *Unit of Measure*。然后，选择要用于采购的 *Purchase Unit "
|
||
"of Measure*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"回到第一个例子，如果您以 **仑 **价格从供应商处购买橙汁，并以 ** "
|
||
"**价格出售给客户，首先选择*L*（升）作为*计量单位*，选择*gal（US）*（加仑）作为*购买计量单位*，然后单击*保存*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "创建新的度量单位和度量单位类别"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr "有时，您需要创建自己的单位和类别，这可能是因为度量值未在Odoo中预先配置，也可能是因为这些单位彼此不相关（例如，千克和厘米）。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果您以第二个示例为例，从供应商处以 ** **形式购买窗帘，并使用 **方米 "
|
||
"**售卷件，则需要创建一个新的*度量单位类别*，以便将两个度量单位关联起来。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr "为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位类别`。单击*创建*并命名类别。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr "下一步是创建两个度量单位。为此，请转至：菜单选择：`配置-->度量单位`。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"首先，通过单击*创建*，创建用作参考点的度量单位，以转换为类别内的其他度量单位。命名单位并选择刚刚创建的度量单位类别。对于*类型*，选择此类别类型的*参考度量单位*。输入要使用的*舍入精度*。由Odoo计算的量始终是该值的倍数。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr "在示例中，由于您不能购买少于 1 卷并且不会使用卷的分数作为计量单位，因此您可以输入1。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"如果使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，则可能会出现警告消息，说明其高于*小数精度*，并且可能导致不一致。如果希望使用小于0.01的*舍入精度*，请首先激活：ref:`开发者模式<developer"
|
||
" "
|
||
"mode>`，然后转到：菜单选择：`设置-->技术-->数据库结-->小数精度，选择*乘积度量单位*并相应地编辑*位*。例如，如果要使用0.00001的舍入精度，请将*位*设置为5。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，创建第二个度量单位，命名它，并选择与参考单位相同的度量单位类别。作为*类型*，根据您的情况选择*小于*或*大于参考测量单位*。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr "由于卷帘等于100平方米，因此应选择“较小”。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr "接下来，您需要输入参考单位和第二个单位之间的*比率*。如果第二个单位较小，则*比值*应大于1。如果第二个单位较大，则比值应小于1。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr "对于卷帘，比率应设置为100。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产品。"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|